1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
84 #include "common/array-view.h"
85 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
87 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
88 enum exception_event_kind
95 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
97 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
103 static void disable_command (char *, int);
105 static void enable_command (char *, int);
107 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
108 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
112 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
114 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
116 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
119 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
120 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
121 enum bptype type_wanted
);
123 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
124 struct linespec_result
*,
125 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
126 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
128 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
131 int, int, int, unsigned);
133 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
134 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
135 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
137 static void clear_command (char *, int);
139 static void catch_command (char *, int);
141 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
143 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
145 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
150 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
151 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
153 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
155 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
156 struct symtab_and_line
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
160 static struct breakpoint
*
161 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
163 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
166 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
168 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
172 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
173 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
174 struct obj_section
*, int);
176 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
177 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
179 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
180 struct address_space
*aspace
,
183 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
184 struct address_space
*,
187 static void info_breakpoints_command (char *, int);
189 static void info_watchpoints_command (char *, int);
191 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
192 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
194 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
196 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
198 static void commands_command (char *, int);
200 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
205 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
217 int *other_type_used
);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static void info_tracepoints_command (char *, int);
285 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
293 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
295 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
299 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
302 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
;
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
;
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
556 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
558 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
559 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
561 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
562 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
564 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
566 current breakpoint. */
568 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
571 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
572 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
575 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
576 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
577 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
580 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
581 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
584 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
585 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
586 to where the loop should start from.
587 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
588 appropriate location to start with. */
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
591 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
594 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
595 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
598 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
600 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
601 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
602 if (is_tracepoint (B))
604 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
606 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
608 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
610 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
612 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
614 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
616 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
617 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
618 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
619 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
620 an address you need to read. */
622 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
624 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
625 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
626 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
627 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
628 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
630 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
632 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
633 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
634 reported by a target. */
635 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
637 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
639 static int breakpoint_count
;
641 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
642 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
643 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
644 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
645 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
649 static int tracepoint_count
;
651 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
653 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
655 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
658 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
661 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
665 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
672 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
674 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
676 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
679 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
682 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
684 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
685 breakpoint_count
= num
;
686 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
689 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
690 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
691 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
693 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
697 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
699 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
702 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
706 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
708 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
711 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
714 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
722 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
723 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
725 static struct counted_command_line
*
726 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
728 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
731 result
->commands
= commands
;
736 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
739 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
745 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
746 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
747 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
750 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
754 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
756 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
763 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
766 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
768 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
771 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
774 static struct cleanup
*
775 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
777 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
781 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
782 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
785 get_breakpoint (int num
)
787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
790 if (b
->number
== num
)
798 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
799 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
804 struct bp_location
*loc
;
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
814 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
817 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
822 evaluating conditions on its side. */
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
827 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
828 evaluating conditions and if the user has
829 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
831 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
832 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
836 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
839 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
842 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
843 condition_evaluation_mode. */
846 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
847 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
849 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
851 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
852 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
854 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
855 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
856 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
860 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
861 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
863 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
864 settings was "auto". */
865 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
867 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
868 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
870 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
871 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
872 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
874 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
875 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
878 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
880 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
887 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
888 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
889 target knows about. */
890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
891 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
892 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
896 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
902 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
903 what "auto" is translating to. */
906 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
907 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
909 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
910 fprintf_filtered (file
,
911 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
912 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
914 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
916 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
920 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
921 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
922 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
925 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
927 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
928 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
930 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
933 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
936 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
937 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
938 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
941 static struct bp_location
**
942 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
944 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
945 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
948 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
949 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
951 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
952 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
953 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
954 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
955 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
957 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
958 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
961 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
962 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
963 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
964 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
971 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
974 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
975 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
977 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
981 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
985 struct bp_location
*loc
;
987 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
991 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
992 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
993 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1000 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1004 const char *arg
= exp
;
1006 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1007 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1008 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1009 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1011 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1013 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1015 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1017 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1019 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1020 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1024 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1026 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1030 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1031 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1033 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1037 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1039 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1042 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1045 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1046 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1047 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1051 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1052 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1056 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1057 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1061 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1062 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1063 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1067 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1068 len
= strlen (text
);
1074 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1076 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
1079 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
1086 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1087 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1088 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1091 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1094 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1096 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1101 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1104 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1106 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1109 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1111 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1112 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1113 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1114 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1115 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1117 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1119 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1120 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1121 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1123 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1125 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1126 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1131 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1134 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1135 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1136 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1141 struct command_line
*c
;
1143 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1147 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1148 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1149 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1151 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1152 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1154 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1155 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1156 command directly. */
1157 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1158 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1160 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1161 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1165 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1167 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1170 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1173 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1175 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1176 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1181 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1183 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1187 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1189 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1192 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1195 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1196 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1200 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1201 b
= new tracepoint ();
1202 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1203 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1205 b
= new breakpoint ();
1207 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1210 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1211 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1216 struct command_line
*commands
)
1218 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1220 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1221 struct command_line
*c
;
1222 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1224 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1225 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1229 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1230 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1231 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1232 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1233 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1234 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1235 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1236 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1237 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1238 tracepoint's context. */
1239 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1241 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1243 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1244 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1245 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1246 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1247 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1248 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1251 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1252 "can be used only once"));
1257 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1261 struct command_line
*c2
;
1263 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1264 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1265 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1267 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1268 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1274 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1278 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1279 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1282 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1284 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1285 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1289 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1291 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1292 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1293 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1299 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1300 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1303 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1304 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1306 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1308 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1309 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1310 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1313 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1314 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1318 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1320 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1323 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1324 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1327 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1328 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1331 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1333 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1336 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1340 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1341 breakpoint work for any task. */
1344 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1346 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1349 if (old_task
!= task
)
1350 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1354 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1356 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1358 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1361 /* A structure used to pass information through
1362 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1364 struct commands_info
1366 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1369 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1372 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1373 already-parsed command. */
1374 struct command_line
*control
;
1376 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1378 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1381 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1382 commands_command. */
1385 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1387 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1389 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1393 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1394 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1397 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1400 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1401 "%s, one per line."),
1404 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1406 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1409 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1412 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1415 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1418 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1420 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1422 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1423 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1424 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1425 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1426 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1431 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1432 struct command_line
*control
)
1434 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1435 struct commands_info info
;
1437 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1438 info
.control
= control
;
1440 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1441 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1442 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1444 std::string new_arg
;
1446 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1448 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1449 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1451 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1452 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1457 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1459 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1461 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1462 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1464 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1468 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1470 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1473 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1474 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1476 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1477 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1478 enum command_control_type
1479 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1481 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1482 return simple_control
;
1485 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1488 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1490 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1494 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1495 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1500 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1501 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1504 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1505 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1506 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1509 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1510 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1511 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1512 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1513 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1515 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1516 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1520 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1521 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1523 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1527 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1529 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1530 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1532 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1539 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1541 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1546 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1547 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1549 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1551 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1555 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1557 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1558 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1561 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1563 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1564 shadow_contents buffer. */
1565 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1566 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1567 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1569 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1571 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1572 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1576 const unsigned char *bp
;
1577 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1580 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1581 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1582 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1584 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1586 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1588 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1589 breakpoint's INSN. */
1590 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1594 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1595 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1597 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1598 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1599 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1601 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1602 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1603 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1605 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1606 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1607 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1608 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1610 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1613 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1614 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1615 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1617 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1619 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1621 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1622 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1623 report higher one. */
1626 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1627 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1629 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1631 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1632 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1634 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1635 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1636 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1637 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1639 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1640 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1641 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1643 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1645 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1652 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1653 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1654 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1655 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1656 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1659 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1661 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1662 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1663 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1666 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1669 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1671 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1673 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1675 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1676 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1677 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1680 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1683 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1684 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1685 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1688 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1691 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1692 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1698 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1702 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1704 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1709 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1712 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1714 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1715 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1716 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1719 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1723 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1725 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1726 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1729 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1730 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1731 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1732 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1733 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1734 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1735 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1736 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1739 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1741 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1742 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1743 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1744 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1747 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1748 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1751 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1753 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1755 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1756 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1757 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1758 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1759 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1761 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1764 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1767 static struct value
*
1768 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1770 struct value
*bit_val
;
1775 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1777 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1780 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1787 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1788 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1789 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1790 to be able to report stops. */
1793 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1794 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1796 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1798 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1799 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1800 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1801 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1804 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1805 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1808 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1810 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1812 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1813 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1814 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1817 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1818 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1819 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1820 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1822 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1824 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1825 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1828 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1829 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1830 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1831 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1832 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1833 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1834 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1835 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1837 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1838 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1839 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1840 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1841 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1842 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1843 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1844 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1847 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1848 hardware watchpoints:
1850 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1851 called several times when GDB stops.
1854 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1855 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1856 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1857 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1858 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1859 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1860 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1861 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1862 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1863 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1864 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1866 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1867 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1870 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1872 int within_current_scope
;
1873 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1876 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1877 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1878 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1879 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1882 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1887 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1888 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1889 within_current_scope
= 1;
1892 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1893 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1894 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1896 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1897 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1898 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1899 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1900 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1903 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1904 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1905 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1906 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1909 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1911 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1912 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1913 if (within_current_scope
)
1917 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1918 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1919 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1922 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1927 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1928 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1929 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1930 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1931 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1932 be completely different objects. */
1933 value_free (b
->val
);
1937 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1938 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1939 locations (re)created below. */
1940 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1942 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1945 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1949 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1950 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1951 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1952 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1953 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1954 if (!target_has_execution
)
1956 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1957 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1958 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1959 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1961 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1962 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1965 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1968 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1971 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1972 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1974 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1976 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1977 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1978 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1979 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1980 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1982 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1984 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1986 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1994 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1996 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1997 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1999 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2000 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2001 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2002 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2003 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2004 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2005 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2007 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2009 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2010 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2011 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2013 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2014 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2017 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2019 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2021 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2023 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2025 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2026 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2028 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2030 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2031 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2032 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2033 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2034 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2037 addr
= value_address (v
);
2040 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2045 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2047 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2050 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
2051 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2054 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2056 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2057 loc
->address
= addr
;
2061 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2062 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2065 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2067 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2072 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2073 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2074 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2079 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2080 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2082 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2086 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2089 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2090 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2091 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2093 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2094 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2095 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2096 this watchpoint in as well. */
2098 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2099 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2100 hardware watchpoint type. */
2102 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2103 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2105 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2106 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2107 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2108 through watch_command), so always account for it
2111 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2112 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2114 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2115 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2118 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2119 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2121 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2123 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2124 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2125 "hardware watchpoint."));
2126 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2127 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2128 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2130 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2131 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2135 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2136 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2137 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2142 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2144 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2145 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2146 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2148 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2149 "read/access watchpoint."));
2152 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2154 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2155 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2156 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2157 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2160 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2162 next
= value_next (v
);
2167 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2168 above left it without any location set up. But,
2169 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2170 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2171 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2172 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2174 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2176 printf_filtered (_("\
2177 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2178 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2180 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2183 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2185 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2189 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2190 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2191 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2192 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2193 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2195 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2197 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2200 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2203 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2206 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2209 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2210 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2211 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2212 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2213 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2214 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2215 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2216 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2217 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2220 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2221 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2222 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2224 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2225 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2226 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2228 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2229 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2230 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2231 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2232 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2233 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2234 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2235 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2236 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2240 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2241 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2242 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2243 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2248 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2249 instruction that triggered one. */
2250 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2251 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2255 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2256 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2257 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2258 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2267 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2268 that the location is not duplicated. */
2271 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2274 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2277 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2278 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2282 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2283 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2284 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2285 any error during parsing. */
2287 static agent_expr_up
2288 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2293 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2295 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2296 that may show up. */
2299 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2302 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2304 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2305 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2306 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2310 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2314 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2315 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2316 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2317 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2318 one of them is true. */
2321 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2323 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2324 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2325 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2326 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2328 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2329 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2331 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2332 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2333 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2335 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2336 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2339 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2340 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2341 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2342 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2343 response back to GDB. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2347 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2351 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2352 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2353 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2354 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2355 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2359 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2360 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2361 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2363 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2369 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2370 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2371 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2373 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2374 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2375 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2380 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2382 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2384 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2387 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2392 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2393 for this location's address. */
2394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2398 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2399 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2400 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2403 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2404 to send the conditions to the target. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2412 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2413 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2414 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2416 static agent_expr_up
2417 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2419 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2420 struct expression
**argvec
;
2421 const char *cmdrest
;
2422 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2423 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2425 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2432 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2434 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2436 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2437 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2439 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2441 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2443 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2445 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2447 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2448 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2450 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2452 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2453 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2455 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2457 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2459 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2461 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2462 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2465 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2470 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2471 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2473 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2477 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2479 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2480 that may show up. */
2483 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2484 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2485 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2487 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2489 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2490 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2491 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2495 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2497 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2501 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2502 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2503 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2506 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2508 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2509 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2510 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2511 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2513 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2514 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2516 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2519 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2520 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2523 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2524 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2525 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2530 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2531 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2532 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2536 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2537 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2538 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2539 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2540 response back to GDB. */
2541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2544 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2548 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2549 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2550 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2551 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2553 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2554 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2557 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2558 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2559 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2561 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2567 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2569 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2571 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2574 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2575 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2577 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2579 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2582 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2587 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2588 for this location's address. */
2589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2592 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2593 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2594 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2595 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2598 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2599 to send the commands to the target. */
2600 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2604 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2605 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2606 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2607 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2610 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2611 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2612 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2616 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2618 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2620 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2621 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2623 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2625 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2629 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2632 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2633 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2634 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2635 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2638 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2639 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2641 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2642 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2643 int *disabled_breaks
,
2644 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2645 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2647 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2648 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2650 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2653 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2654 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2655 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2656 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2657 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2658 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2659 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2660 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2661 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2662 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2663 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2664 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2666 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2667 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2668 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2669 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2671 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2673 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2674 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2675 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2676 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2679 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2680 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2682 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2684 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2685 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2686 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2688 Two important cases are:
2689 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2690 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2691 hardware breakpoint.
2692 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2693 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2694 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2697 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2698 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2699 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2700 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2702 struct mem_region
*mr
2703 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2707 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2709 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2711 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2712 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2714 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2716 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2718 static int said
= 0;
2720 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2723 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2724 _("Note: automatically using "
2725 "hardware breakpoints for "
2726 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2731 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2732 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2734 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2735 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2736 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2737 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2739 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2745 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2746 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2747 || bl
->section
== NULL
2748 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2750 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2755 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2757 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2759 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2762 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2768 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2769 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2770 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2772 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2773 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2774 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2775 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2776 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2780 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2782 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2783 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2784 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2786 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2791 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2792 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2793 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2794 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2795 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2797 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2799 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2802 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2806 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2808 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2809 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2813 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2814 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2816 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2821 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2823 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2825 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2828 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2834 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2835 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2840 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2842 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2844 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2845 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2846 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2847 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2848 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2849 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2850 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2851 errors as memory errors. */
2852 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2853 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2854 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2855 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2858 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2859 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2861 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2863 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2864 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2866 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2867 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2868 "library breakpoints:\n");
2870 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2871 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2872 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2877 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2879 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2880 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2881 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2882 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2883 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2884 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2885 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2889 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2892 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2893 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2896 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2898 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2902 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2903 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2918 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2919 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2920 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2921 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2925 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2926 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2928 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2930 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2931 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2932 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2934 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2936 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2937 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2939 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2941 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2942 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2946 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2947 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2954 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2955 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2958 /* Back to the original value. */
2959 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2963 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2966 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2970 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2971 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2973 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2976 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2980 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2981 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2983 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2986 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2988 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2989 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2990 so just return success. */
2997 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2998 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3002 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3004 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
3005 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
3007 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
3010 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3011 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3014 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3015 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
3018 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3020 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3022 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3023 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3024 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3026 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3027 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3029 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3035 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3036 removed locations above. */
3037 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3040 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3041 Throws exception on any error.
3042 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3043 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3045 insert_breakpoints (void)
3047 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3050 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3052 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3054 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3057 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3058 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3059 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3060 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3063 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3066 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3068 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3072 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3076 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3077 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3078 always-inserted mode. */
3081 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3083 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3086 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3087 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3088 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3090 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3092 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3093 there was an error. */
3094 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3096 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3100 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3102 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3105 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3106 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3107 deletion of breakpoints. */
3108 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3111 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3113 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3114 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3115 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3116 insert breakpoints. */
3117 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3118 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3121 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3122 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3129 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3130 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3134 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3137 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3139 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3140 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3143 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3144 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3145 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3147 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3149 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3150 there was an error. */
3151 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3153 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3155 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3157 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3160 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3161 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3162 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3163 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3164 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3167 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3169 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3170 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3171 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3172 insert breakpoints. */
3173 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3174 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3177 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3178 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3183 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3184 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3187 int some_failed
= 0;
3188 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3190 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3193 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3196 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3199 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3200 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3207 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3209 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3211 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3212 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3213 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3221 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3222 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3223 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3225 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3226 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3228 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3229 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3233 /* Used when the program stops.
3234 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3235 removing a breakpoint location. */
3238 remove_breakpoints (void)
3240 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3243 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3245 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3246 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3251 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3255 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3257 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3261 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3263 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3265 printf_filtered (_("\
3266 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3267 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3269 /* Hide it from the user. */
3275 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3278 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3282 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3284 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3286 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3289 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3291 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3300 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3302 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3304 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3305 struct inferior
*inf
;
3306 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3308 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3312 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3314 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3315 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3317 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3321 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3327 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3335 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3337 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3338 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3339 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3340 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3341 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3342 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3344 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3347 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3350 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3351 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3355 static struct breakpoint
*
3356 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3357 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3358 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3360 symtab_and_line sal
;
3362 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3363 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3365 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3366 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3367 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3372 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3374 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3376 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3378 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3379 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3381 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3382 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3384 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3385 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3387 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3388 int longjmp_searched
;
3390 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3391 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3393 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3394 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3396 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3397 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3399 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3400 int exception_searched
;
3402 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3403 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3406 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3408 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3409 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3411 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3414 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3416 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3419 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3420 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3422 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3423 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3425 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3427 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3428 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3429 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3432 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3434 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3435 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3437 return bp_objfile_data
;
3441 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3443 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3444 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3446 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3447 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3451 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3453 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3454 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3456 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3459 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3461 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3463 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3465 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3468 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3470 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3472 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3473 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3475 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3476 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3479 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3482 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3483 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3485 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3486 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3487 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3488 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3490 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3492 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3493 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3497 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3498 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3504 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3506 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3508 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3510 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3512 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3514 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3516 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3520 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3522 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3524 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3526 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3530 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3533 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3534 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3536 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3538 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3539 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3540 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3548 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3551 struct probe
*probe
;
3552 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3555 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3556 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3562 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3563 get_probe_address (probe
,
3566 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3567 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3568 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3574 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3577 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3579 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3580 const char *func_name
;
3582 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3584 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3587 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3588 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3590 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3592 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3593 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3595 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3596 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3599 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3602 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3603 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3606 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3607 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3608 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3614 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3616 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3618 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3619 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3621 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3623 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3625 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3628 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3630 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3633 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3634 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3636 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3638 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3641 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3643 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3645 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3646 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3647 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3649 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3650 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3653 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3656 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3657 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3658 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3659 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3660 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3661 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3662 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3663 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3668 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3671 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3673 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3674 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3676 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3679 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3680 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3682 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3684 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3686 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3687 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3691 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3695 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3696 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3698 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3700 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3701 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3702 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3706 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3707 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3710 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3712 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3714 struct probe
*probe
;
3717 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3718 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3724 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3725 get_probe_address (probe
,
3727 bp_exception_master
,
3728 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3729 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3730 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3736 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3738 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3741 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3743 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3745 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3747 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3748 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3750 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3754 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3757 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3758 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3760 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3761 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3762 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3763 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3764 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3765 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3769 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3772 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3774 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3778 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3780 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3781 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3783 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3784 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3785 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3786 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3787 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3788 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3789 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3790 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3792 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3793 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3797 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3800 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3801 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3803 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3807 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3808 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3810 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3814 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3815 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3816 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3817 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3818 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3820 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3824 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3825 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3827 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3831 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3832 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3840 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3841 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3842 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3844 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3848 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3850 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3851 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3852 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3853 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3857 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3858 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3859 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3860 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3861 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3862 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3864 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3865 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3866 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3867 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3868 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3869 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3870 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3872 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3873 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3874 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3875 let finish_command delete it.
3877 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3878 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3879 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3880 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3881 solib breakpoints.) */
3883 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3888 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3889 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3891 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3893 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3900 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3902 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3904 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3905 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3907 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3908 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3910 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3911 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3914 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3917 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3918 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3919 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3920 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3921 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3922 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3923 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3927 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3933 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3934 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3935 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3936 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3937 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3940 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3944 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3945 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3947 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3948 This should not ever happen. */
3949 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3951 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3952 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3954 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3955 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3956 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3958 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3959 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3960 || bl
->section
== NULL
3961 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3963 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3965 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3966 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3967 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3968 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3969 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3970 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3971 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3972 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3973 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3974 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3975 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3976 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3977 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3978 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3979 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3980 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3981 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3982 they should always be removed. */
3983 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3984 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3985 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3988 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3992 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3993 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3994 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3996 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3997 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3999 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4000 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4001 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4002 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4003 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4005 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4006 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4009 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4010 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4013 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4014 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4015 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4016 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4018 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4019 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4020 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4021 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4022 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4023 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4029 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4034 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4035 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4036 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4037 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4038 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4039 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4040 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4041 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4042 always-inserted mode. */
4044 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4045 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4046 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4047 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4053 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4055 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4057 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4058 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4060 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4061 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4063 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4064 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4065 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4068 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4069 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4072 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4073 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4075 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4079 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4086 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4088 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4089 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4091 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4092 This should not ever happen. */
4093 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4095 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4097 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4099 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4102 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4105 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4107 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4110 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4114 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4115 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4117 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4120 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4121 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4122 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4127 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4129 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4130 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4132 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4134 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4136 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4139 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4141 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4143 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4149 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4151 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4152 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4155 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4157 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4159 case bp_shlib_event
:
4161 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4162 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4163 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4164 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4165 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4167 (gdb) file prog-linux
4168 (gdb) run # native linux target
4171 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4172 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4175 case bp_step_resume
:
4177 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4179 case bp_single_step
:
4181 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4183 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4187 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4188 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4189 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4191 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4193 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4194 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4195 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4198 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4199 valid. New ones will be created in
4200 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4201 The next update_global_location_list call will
4202 garbage collect them. */
4205 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4207 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4208 insert_breakpoints. */
4210 value_free (w
->val
);
4222 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4223 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4224 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4225 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4228 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4229 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4230 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4231 match, not program space. */
4233 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4234 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4235 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4236 permanent breakpoint.
4237 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4238 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4239 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4240 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4241 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4243 enum breakpoint_here
4244 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4246 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4247 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4251 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4252 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4255 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4256 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4258 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4260 if (overlay_debugging
4261 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4262 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4263 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4264 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4265 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4267 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4271 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4277 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4278 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4284 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4285 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4288 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4290 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4293 if (overlay_debugging
4294 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4295 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4297 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4308 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4311 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4313 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4316 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4317 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4323 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4327 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4328 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4331 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4334 if (overlay_debugging
4335 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4336 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4337 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4344 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4347 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4349 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4353 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4355 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4356 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4359 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4365 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4369 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4372 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4374 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4376 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4378 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4381 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4388 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4391 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4394 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4398 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4400 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4403 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4411 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4412 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4414 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4418 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4420 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4421 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4424 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4427 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4428 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4432 /* Check for intersection. */
4433 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4434 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4443 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4447 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4449 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4452 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4455 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4457 if (old_val
!= NULL
)
4458 value_free (old_val
);
4459 decref_counted_command_line (&commands
);
4460 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4461 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4464 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4465 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4468 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4485 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4487 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4488 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4489 commands (other
.commands
),
4490 old_val (other
.old_val
),
4491 print (other
.print
),
4493 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4495 if (old_val
!= NULL
)
4497 old_val
= value_copy (old_val
);
4498 release_value (old_val
);
4500 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4501 incref_counted_command_line (commands
);
4504 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4505 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4508 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4512 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4517 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4519 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4522 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4532 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4535 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4540 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4542 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4548 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4551 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4553 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4555 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4557 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4559 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4564 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4573 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4574 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4575 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4576 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4578 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4579 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4581 Return 1 otherwise. */
4584 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4586 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4589 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4591 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4592 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4593 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4594 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4595 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4597 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4599 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4603 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4606 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4608 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4611 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4614 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4618 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4620 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4622 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4624 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4630 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4633 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4635 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4637 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4639 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4640 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4641 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4642 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4643 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4647 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4650 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4653 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4655 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4658 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4659 or its equivalent. */
4662 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4664 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4667 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4668 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4669 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4670 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4672 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4673 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4674 bpstat of the current thread. */
4677 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4680 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4683 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4685 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4688 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4689 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4691 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4693 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4696 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4697 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4699 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4700 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4701 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4703 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4705 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4706 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4707 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4708 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4709 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4710 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4711 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4712 the tree when we're done. */
4713 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4714 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4715 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4716 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4717 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4719 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4725 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4727 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4733 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4734 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4736 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4738 if (current_ui
->async
)
4739 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4740 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4741 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4744 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4745 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4746 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4747 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4748 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4749 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4750 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4751 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4752 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4753 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4754 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4755 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4756 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4761 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4766 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4768 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4770 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4771 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4772 && target_has_execution
4773 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4774 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4775 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4776 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4777 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4778 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4779 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4782 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4785 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4788 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4791 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4794 struct value_print_options opts
;
4795 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4796 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4800 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4801 debugging multiple threads. */
4804 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4806 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4811 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4814 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4816 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4817 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4819 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4822 uiout
->text (" \"");
4823 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4827 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4831 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4832 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4833 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4834 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4837 static enum print_stop_action
4838 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4840 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4843 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4844 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4848 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4849 relevant messages. */
4850 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4853 case print_it_normal
:
4855 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4857 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4858 which has since been deleted. */
4860 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4862 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4863 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4868 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4869 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4874 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4877 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4880 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4882 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4886 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4887 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4889 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4890 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4893 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4894 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4895 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4902 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4903 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4905 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4910 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4911 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4912 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4918 struct so_list
*iter
;
4921 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4922 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4924 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4929 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4930 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4931 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4936 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4937 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4938 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4939 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4940 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4941 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4942 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4945 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4946 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4947 code to print the location. An example is
4948 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4950 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4951 to also print the location part of the message.
4952 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4953 don't require a location appended to the end.
4954 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4955 further info to be printed. */
4957 enum print_stop_action
4958 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4960 enum print_stop_action val
;
4962 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4963 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4964 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4965 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4966 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4968 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4969 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4970 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4971 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4975 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4976 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4977 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4978 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4980 print_solib_event (0);
4981 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4984 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4985 with and nothing was printed. */
4986 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4989 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4990 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4991 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4992 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4993 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4994 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4997 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4999 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5000 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
5002 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5006 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5008 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5010 bp_location_at (bl
),
5011 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
5016 print_it (print_it_normal
)
5018 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5019 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
5020 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
5025 bp_location_at (NULL
),
5026 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
5031 print_it (print_it_normal
)
5035 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5036 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5039 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5041 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5043 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5045 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5047 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5048 as not triggered. */
5050 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5052 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5054 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5060 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5062 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5063 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5065 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5067 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5069 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5075 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5076 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5080 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5082 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5083 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5085 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5086 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5088 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5090 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5091 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5093 if (newaddr
== start
)
5095 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5099 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5100 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5104 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5113 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5114 because of check_errors). */
5115 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5116 #define WP_DELETED 1
5117 /* The value has changed. */
5118 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5119 /* The value has not changed. */
5120 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5121 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5124 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5125 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5127 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5130 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5131 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5134 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5136 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5137 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5138 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5139 int within_current_scope
;
5141 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5142 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5143 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5145 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5146 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5147 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5148 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5151 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5152 within_current_scope
= 1;
5155 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5156 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5157 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5159 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5160 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5161 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5162 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5163 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5164 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5165 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5166 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5167 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5168 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5171 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5172 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5174 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5175 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5176 if (within_current_scope
)
5178 struct symbol
*function
;
5180 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5181 if (function
== NULL
5182 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5183 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5184 within_current_scope
= 0;
5187 if (within_current_scope
)
5188 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5189 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5194 if (within_current_scope
)
5196 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5197 time before we return to the command level and call
5198 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5199 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5203 struct value
*new_val
;
5205 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5206 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5207 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5208 a mask watchpoint. */
5209 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5211 mark
= value_mark ();
5212 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5214 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5215 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5217 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5218 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5219 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5220 not what we want. */
5221 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5222 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5224 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5226 release_value (new_val
);
5227 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5229 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5232 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5236 /* Nothing changed. */
5237 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5238 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5243 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5244 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5245 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5246 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5247 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5248 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5249 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5250 the first value assigned). */
5251 /* We print all the stop information in
5252 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5253 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5254 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5257 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5259 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5261 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5263 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5264 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5265 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
5266 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5267 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5270 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5271 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
5272 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5278 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5279 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5280 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5283 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5284 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5285 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5287 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5289 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5290 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5292 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5295 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5296 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5299 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5301 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5302 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5304 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5305 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5306 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5307 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5308 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5311 int must_check_value
= 0;
5313 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5314 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5316 must_check_value
= 1;
5317 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5318 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5319 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5321 must_check_value
= 1;
5322 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5323 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5324 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5325 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5326 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5327 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5328 must_check_value
= 1;
5330 if (must_check_value
)
5333 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5335 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5336 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5338 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5342 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5343 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5347 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5350 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5351 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5353 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5355 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5356 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5357 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5358 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5359 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5360 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5361 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5364 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5365 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5368 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5369 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5370 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5371 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5373 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5374 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5375 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5378 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5379 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5380 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5381 changes. This still gives false positives when
5382 the program writes the same value to memory as
5383 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5384 it for a read), but it's much better than
5387 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5389 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5391 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5393 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5394 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5395 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5397 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5398 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5400 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5401 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5403 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5409 if (other_write_watchpoint
5410 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5412 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5413 and the value changed since the last time we
5414 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5416 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5421 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5422 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5423 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5425 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5426 the value hasn't changed. */
5427 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5435 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5437 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5439 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5442 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5443 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5444 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5449 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5451 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5452 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5453 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5454 anything for this watchpoint. */
5455 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5461 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5462 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5463 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5464 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5467 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5469 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5471 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5472 struct expression
*cond
;
5474 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5476 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5477 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5478 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5479 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5480 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5482 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5483 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5484 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5486 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5487 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5493 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5494 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5496 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5497 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5504 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5506 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5508 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5510 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5512 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5515 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5517 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5519 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5520 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5522 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5523 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5524 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5525 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5527 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5529 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5530 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5534 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5535 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5536 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5537 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5538 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5540 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5541 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5544 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5546 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5547 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5548 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5549 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5550 really matter which instantiation of the function
5551 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5552 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5553 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5554 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5555 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5556 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5557 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5558 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5560 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5562 select_frame (frame
);
5564 within_current_scope
= 0;
5566 if (within_current_scope
)
5568 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5569 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5573 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5574 "in the current scope"));
5575 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5576 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5579 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5580 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5583 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5587 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5591 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5593 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5597 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5598 on the current target. */
5601 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5603 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5604 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5605 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5606 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5610 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5611 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5613 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5614 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5617 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5619 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5621 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5622 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5623 several reasons concurrently.)
5625 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5626 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5629 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5630 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5631 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5633 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5634 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5635 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5636 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5637 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5638 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5641 int need_remove_insert
;
5644 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5645 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5646 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5647 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5648 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5649 inferior function calls. */
5653 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5656 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5658 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5659 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5660 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5661 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5662 checked all locations already. */
5663 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5666 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5669 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5672 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5675 bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5678 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5679 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5680 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5684 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5685 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5686 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5688 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5690 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5692 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5697 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5698 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5699 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5701 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5703 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5704 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5706 bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5707 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5710 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5715 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5716 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5717 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5719 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5721 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5723 handle_solib_event ();
5728 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5729 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5730 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5734 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5739 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5740 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5743 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5748 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5750 /* We will stop here. */
5751 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5753 --(b
->enable_count
);
5754 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5755 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5760 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5761 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5762 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5763 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5766 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5771 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5773 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5774 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5777 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5778 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5779 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5781 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5782 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5783 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5785 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5786 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5788 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5790 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5791 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5794 if (need_remove_insert
)
5795 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5796 else if (removed_any
)
5797 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5803 handle_jit_event (void)
5805 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5806 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5809 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5811 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5812 breakpoint_re_set. */
5813 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5815 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5816 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5818 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5820 target_terminal::inferior ();
5823 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5825 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5828 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5830 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5833 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5834 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5835 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5837 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5839 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5840 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5841 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5844 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5846 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5847 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5851 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5858 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5859 case bp_single_step
:
5862 case bp_shlib_event
:
5866 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5871 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5874 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5875 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5876 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5880 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5882 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5886 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5887 This requires no further action. */
5891 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5895 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5896 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5901 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5902 case bp_exception_resume
:
5905 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5906 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5909 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5911 case bp_step_resume
:
5913 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5916 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5917 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5920 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5922 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5925 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5926 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5929 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5930 case bp_thread_event
:
5931 case bp_overlay_event
:
5932 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5933 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5934 case bp_exception_master
:
5935 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5941 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5943 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5947 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5948 This requires no further action. */
5952 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5955 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5956 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5957 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5958 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5960 case bp_std_terminate
:
5961 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5962 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5963 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5964 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5967 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5968 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5969 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5970 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5972 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5973 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5976 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5977 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5979 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5980 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5981 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5982 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5987 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5989 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5993 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5994 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5997 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
6004 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
6008 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6010 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6017 handle_jit_event ();
6019 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6020 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6022 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6023 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6029 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6030 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6031 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6034 bpstat_should_step (void)
6036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6039 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6045 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6047 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6056 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6057 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6058 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6061 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6063 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6064 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6068 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6070 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6072 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6073 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6074 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6079 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6085 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6086 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6088 "host": Host evals condition.
6089 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6090 "target": Target evals condition.
6094 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6096 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6097 char host_evals
= 0;
6098 char target_evals
= 0;
6103 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6106 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6107 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6108 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6110 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6112 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6118 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6119 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6120 else if (target_evals
)
6121 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6123 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6126 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6127 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6130 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6132 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6135 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6136 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6137 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6139 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6140 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6142 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6145 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6148 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6149 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6151 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6153 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6155 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6159 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6161 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6162 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6163 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6166 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6169 uiout
->text ("in ");
6170 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6172 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6173 uiout
->text ("at ");
6175 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6176 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6179 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6180 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6182 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6188 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6190 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6194 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6195 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6196 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6197 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6198 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6199 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6201 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6205 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6209 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6210 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6211 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6214 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6215 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6221 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6223 struct ep_type_description
6226 const char *description
;
6228 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6230 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6231 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6232 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6233 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6234 {bp_until
, "until"},
6235 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6236 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6237 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6238 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6239 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6240 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6241 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6242 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6243 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6244 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6245 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6246 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6247 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6248 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6249 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6250 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6251 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6252 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6253 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6254 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6255 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6256 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6257 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6258 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6259 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6260 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6261 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6262 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6263 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6266 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6267 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6268 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6269 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6272 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6275 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6276 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6279 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6280 const char *field_name
,
6284 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6288 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6289 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6290 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6293 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6295 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6301 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6302 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6307 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6311 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6316 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6319 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6320 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6322 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6325 struct command_line
*l
;
6326 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6328 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6329 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6330 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6331 struct value_print_options opts
;
6333 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6335 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6336 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6337 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6340 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6341 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6349 if (part_of_multiple
)
6352 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6353 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6358 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6363 if (part_of_multiple
)
6364 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6366 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6370 if (part_of_multiple
)
6371 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6373 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6378 if (part_of_multiple
)
6379 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6381 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6386 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6388 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6389 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6390 make sure there's just one location. */
6391 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6392 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6398 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6399 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6403 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6404 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6405 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6407 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6409 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6410 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6411 is relatively readable). */
6412 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6413 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6415 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6420 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6421 case bp_single_step
:
6425 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6426 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6428 case bp_exception_resume
:
6429 case bp_step_resume
:
6430 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6431 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6433 case bp_std_terminate
:
6434 case bp_shlib_event
:
6435 case bp_thread_event
:
6436 case bp_overlay_event
:
6437 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6438 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6439 case bp_exception_master
:
6441 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6442 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6445 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6446 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6447 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6450 if (header_of_multiple
)
6451 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6452 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6453 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6455 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6456 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6459 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6460 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6467 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6469 struct inferior
*inf
;
6470 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6475 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6476 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6479 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6480 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6482 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6483 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6484 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6485 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6486 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6487 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6489 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6490 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6493 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6495 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6497 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6498 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6499 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6500 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6502 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6504 uiout
->text (" task ");
6505 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6511 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6512 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6514 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6517 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6518 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6520 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6521 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6525 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6528 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6529 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6531 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6532 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6534 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6535 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6536 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6537 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6538 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6541 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6542 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6543 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6548 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6550 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6551 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6552 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6553 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6556 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6558 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6563 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6567 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6568 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6569 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6570 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6571 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6573 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6574 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6575 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6576 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6577 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6579 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6583 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6584 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6585 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6589 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6592 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6593 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6594 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6597 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6598 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6599 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6600 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6603 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6604 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6605 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6606 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6607 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6609 uiout
->text ("next ");
6610 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6611 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6614 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6616 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6618 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6620 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6621 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6622 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6626 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6627 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6630 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6631 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6634 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6636 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6638 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6640 annotate_field (10);
6641 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6642 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6643 uiout
->text (" \n");
6646 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6648 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6650 annotate_field (11);
6652 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6653 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6654 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6660 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6661 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6666 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6668 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6670 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6672 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6674 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6675 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6676 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6677 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6682 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6683 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6689 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6691 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6694 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6695 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6696 locations, if any. */
6697 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6699 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6700 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6701 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6704 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6705 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6707 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6708 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6710 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6713 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6715 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6716 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6723 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6725 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6726 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6728 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6729 address to print. */
6730 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6733 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6737 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6738 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6739 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6742 return print_address_bits
;
6745 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6751 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6753 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6754 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6755 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6756 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6760 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6762 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6770 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6771 char **error_message
)
6773 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6776 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6778 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6779 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6785 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6786 internal or momentary. */
6789 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6791 return b
->number
> 0;
6794 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6797 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6799 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6802 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6803 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6804 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6805 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6806 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6807 breakpoints listed. */
6810 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6811 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6813 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6814 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6815 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6816 struct value_print_options opts
;
6817 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6818 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6819 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6821 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6823 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6824 required for address fields. */
6825 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6828 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6829 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6832 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6833 accept. Skip the others. */
6834 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6836 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6838 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6842 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6844 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6846 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6847 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6848 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6850 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6851 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6852 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6854 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6859 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6860 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6861 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6865 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6866 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6868 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6871 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6872 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6874 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6878 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6880 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6882 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6883 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6885 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6887 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6889 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6890 uiout
->table_body ();
6891 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6892 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6897 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6898 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6901 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6902 accept. Skip the others. */
6904 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6906 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6908 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6911 else /* all others */
6913 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6917 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6919 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6920 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6924 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6926 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6930 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6931 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6933 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6939 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6940 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6943 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6944 there have been breakpoints? */
6945 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6947 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6950 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6951 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6954 default_collect_info (void)
6956 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6958 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6959 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6961 if (!*default_collect
)
6964 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6966 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6967 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6968 uiout
->text (" \n");
6972 info_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6974 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6976 default_collect_info ();
6980 info_watchpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6982 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6983 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6985 if (num_printed
== 0)
6987 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6988 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6990 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6995 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6997 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6999 default_collect_info ();
7003 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7004 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7005 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7007 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7009 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7011 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7012 && bl
->address
== pc
7013 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7019 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7020 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7024 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7025 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7026 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7029 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7032 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7033 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7037 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7038 else /* if (others == ???) */
7039 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7041 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7044 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7045 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7046 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7047 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7048 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7049 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7050 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7051 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7055 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7057 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7058 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7059 printf_filtered (".\n");
7064 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7065 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7066 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7067 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7069 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7070 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7071 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7072 breakpoint location at address zero:
7080 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7082 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7084 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7087 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7088 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7091 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7092 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7094 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7095 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7097 /* Both of them must exist. */
7098 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7099 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7101 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7102 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7103 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7104 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7105 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7106 other watchpoint. */
7108 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7110 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7111 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7113 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7115 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7116 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7119 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7120 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7121 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7122 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7123 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7124 become hw_access locations later. */
7125 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7126 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7127 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7128 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7131 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7134 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7135 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7137 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7138 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7142 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7143 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7144 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7145 space doesn't really matter. */
7148 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7149 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7152 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7153 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7154 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7157 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7158 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7159 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7160 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7163 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7164 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7167 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7170 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7171 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7175 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7176 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7177 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7178 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7179 doesn't really matter. */
7182 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7183 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7184 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7186 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7187 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7189 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7191 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7197 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7198 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7199 true, otherwise returns false. */
7202 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7203 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7205 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7206 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7207 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7208 different locations. */
7209 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7214 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7215 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7216 represent the same location. */
7219 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7220 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7222 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7224 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7225 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7226 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7228 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7229 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7231 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7234 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7235 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7236 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7238 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7239 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7240 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7241 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7245 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7246 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7248 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7249 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7253 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7254 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7256 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7257 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7259 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7262 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7263 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7264 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7265 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7268 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7269 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7271 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7273 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7276 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7277 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7278 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7279 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7280 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7282 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7283 have their addresses modified. */
7286 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7288 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7289 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7290 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7291 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7292 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7293 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7298 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7300 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7301 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7302 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7304 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7305 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7307 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7308 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7310 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7314 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7316 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7318 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7322 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7323 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7326 switch (owner
->type
)
7329 case bp_single_step
:
7333 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7334 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7336 case bp_exception_resume
:
7337 case bp_step_resume
:
7338 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7339 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7341 case bp_std_terminate
:
7342 case bp_shlib_event
:
7343 case bp_thread_event
:
7344 case bp_overlay_event
:
7346 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7347 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7348 case bp_exception_master
:
7349 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7350 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7352 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7353 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7355 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7356 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7357 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7359 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7360 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7361 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7362 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7367 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7368 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7369 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7372 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7378 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7380 static struct bp_location
*
7381 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7383 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7387 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7389 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7393 /* Increment reference count. */
7396 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7401 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7402 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7405 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7407 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7409 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7410 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7414 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7417 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7419 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7420 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7422 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7423 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7425 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7427 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7432 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7438 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7441 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7442 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7444 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7446 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7450 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7451 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7452 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7453 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7456 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7457 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7459 static struct breakpoint
*
7460 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7462 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7464 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7466 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7467 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7470 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7471 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7475 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7477 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7479 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7480 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7481 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7484 const char *function_name
;
7485 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7487 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7488 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7490 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7492 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7494 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7495 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7496 &loc
->requested_address
))
7498 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7499 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7500 loc
->requested_address
,
7503 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7504 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7506 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7507 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7508 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7509 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7511 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7516 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7520 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7522 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7525 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7527 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7532 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7533 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7534 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7536 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7537 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7538 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7541 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7542 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7543 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7545 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7547 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7549 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7550 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7552 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7553 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7555 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7556 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7559 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7560 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7561 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7562 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7563 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7564 is also returned as the value of this function.
7566 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7567 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7568 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7569 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7570 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7571 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7572 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7575 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7576 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7577 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7579 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7581 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7582 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7585 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7586 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7587 initiated the operation. */
7590 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7592 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7593 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7595 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7596 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7597 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7598 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7599 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7600 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7601 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7602 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7604 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7605 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7607 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7608 after their removal. */
7609 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7610 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7611 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7614 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7617 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7619 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7621 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7624 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7626 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7627 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7632 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7637 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7639 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7640 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7644 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7645 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7646 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7650 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7652 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7655 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7657 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7659 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7660 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7662 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7664 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7666 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7669 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7670 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7671 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7672 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7678 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7679 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7682 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7683 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7687 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7689 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7692 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7694 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7696 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7697 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7698 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7699 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7702 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7704 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7706 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7707 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7708 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7710 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7715 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7720 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7722 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7723 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7724 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7729 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7734 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7736 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7737 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7738 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7742 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7743 master breakpoint. */
7745 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7747 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7750 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7751 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7753 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7754 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7758 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7760 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7762 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7764 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7765 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7766 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7770 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7772 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7774 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7775 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7777 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7778 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7779 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7781 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7786 struct lang_and_radix
7792 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7795 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7797 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7798 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7801 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7804 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7806 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7808 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7809 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7810 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7811 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7815 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7817 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7820 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7821 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7822 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7825 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7828 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7830 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7833 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7834 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7835 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7838 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7839 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7840 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7842 static struct breakpoint
*
7843 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7844 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7848 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7849 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7850 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7855 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7857 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7860 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7863 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7865 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7867 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7869 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7870 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7872 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7878 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7879 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7882 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7884 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7886 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7888 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7889 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7891 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7892 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7893 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7894 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7895 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7896 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7897 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7898 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7899 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7900 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7901 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7902 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7905 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7910 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7911 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7912 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7915 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7917 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7918 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7920 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7922 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7923 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7925 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7926 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7927 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7928 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7929 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7930 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7931 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7932 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7933 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7935 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7936 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7937 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7938 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7941 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7942 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7944 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7946 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7947 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7948 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7951 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7956 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7957 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7958 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7961 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7965 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7968 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7969 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7970 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7971 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7972 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7973 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7974 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7975 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7976 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7977 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7979 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7980 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7985 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7986 int bp_modified
= 0;
7988 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7991 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7993 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7995 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7996 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7999 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8002 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8005 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8006 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8009 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8011 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8012 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8013 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8014 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8015 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8018 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8025 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8029 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8031 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8032 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
8033 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8035 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8037 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8038 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8039 catchpoint has triggered. */
8040 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8043 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8047 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8049 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8052 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8056 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8058 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8061 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8065 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8066 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8067 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8069 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8071 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8074 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8078 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8081 static enum print_stop_action
8082 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8084 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8085 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8086 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8088 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8089 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8090 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8091 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8093 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8094 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8096 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8097 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8099 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8100 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8101 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8102 uiout
->text ("), ");
8103 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8106 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8110 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8112 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8113 struct value_print_options opts
;
8114 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8116 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8118 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8119 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8121 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8122 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8124 uiout
->text ("fork");
8125 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8127 uiout
->text (", process ");
8128 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8132 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8133 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8136 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8140 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8142 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8145 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8149 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8151 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8152 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8155 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8157 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8159 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8163 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8165 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8168 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8172 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8174 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8177 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8181 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8182 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8183 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8185 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8187 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8190 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8194 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8197 static enum print_stop_action
8198 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8200 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8201 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8202 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8204 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8205 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8206 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8207 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8209 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8210 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8212 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8213 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8215 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8216 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8217 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8218 uiout
->text ("), ");
8219 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8222 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8226 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8228 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8229 struct value_print_options opts
;
8230 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8232 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8233 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8234 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8236 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8237 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8239 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8240 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8242 uiout
->text (", process ");
8243 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8247 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8248 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8251 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8255 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8257 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8260 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8264 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8266 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8267 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8270 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8272 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8274 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8275 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8276 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8278 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8280 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
8282 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8283 unsigned char is_load
;
8285 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8286 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8288 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
8291 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8293 xfree (this->regex
);
8297 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8303 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8309 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8310 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8312 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8314 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8315 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8317 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8322 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8324 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8327 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8330 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8333 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8335 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8344 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8346 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8347 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8352 struct so_list
*iter
;
8355 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8360 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8369 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8374 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8380 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8383 static enum print_stop_action
8384 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8386 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8387 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8389 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8390 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8391 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8392 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8394 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8395 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8397 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8398 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8399 print_solib_event (1);
8400 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8404 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8406 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8407 struct value_print_options opts
;
8408 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8411 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8412 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8413 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8415 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8418 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8425 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8427 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8432 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8434 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8436 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8439 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8440 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8444 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8446 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8448 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8449 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8453 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8455 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8457 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8458 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8459 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8465 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8467 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8468 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8469 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8470 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8471 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8472 created in an enabled state. */
8475 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8477 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8481 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8483 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8487 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8488 _("Invalid regexp")));
8489 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8492 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8493 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8494 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8496 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8498 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8501 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8505 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8506 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8509 const int enabled
= 1;
8511 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8513 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8517 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8518 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8520 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8524 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8525 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8527 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8530 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8531 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8532 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8533 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8536 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8537 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8538 const char *cond_string
,
8539 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8541 symtab_and_line sal
;
8542 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8544 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8546 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8547 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8551 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8553 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8554 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8555 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8556 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8559 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8562 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8566 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8567 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8568 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8570 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8572 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8574 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8576 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8579 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8581 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8582 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8583 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8585 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8587 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8589 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8590 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8592 char *exec_pathname
;
8595 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8597 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8599 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8603 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8605 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8609 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8611 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8615 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8616 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8617 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8619 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8621 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8624 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8628 static enum print_stop_action
8629 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8631 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8632 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8633 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8635 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8636 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8637 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8638 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8640 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8641 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8643 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8644 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8646 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8647 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8648 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8649 uiout
->text ("), ");
8651 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8655 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8657 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8658 struct value_print_options opts
;
8659 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8661 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8663 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8664 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8665 is relatively readable). */
8666 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8667 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8669 uiout
->text ("exec");
8670 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8672 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8673 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8674 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8677 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8678 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8682 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8684 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8687 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8691 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8694 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8697 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8700 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8703 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8704 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8708 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8709 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8711 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8713 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8720 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8724 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8727 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8729 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8732 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8734 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8736 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8742 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8743 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8744 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8745 types _not_ TYPE. */
8748 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8749 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8752 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8754 *other_type_used
= 0;
8759 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8762 if (b
->type
== type
)
8763 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8764 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8765 *other_type_used
= 1;
8772 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8774 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8778 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8780 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8781 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8787 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8789 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8793 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8795 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8796 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8802 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8804 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8805 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8809 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8811 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8812 breakpoint_re_set ();
8815 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8818 static struct breakpoint
*
8819 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8821 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8823 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8824 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8826 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8827 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8830 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8832 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8835 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8836 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8840 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8841 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8843 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8845 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8847 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8849 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8850 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8851 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8852 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8854 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8855 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8857 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8858 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8860 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8865 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8866 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8867 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8869 static struct breakpoint
*
8870 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8872 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8875 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8877 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8878 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8879 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8881 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8882 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8883 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8884 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8885 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8886 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8887 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8888 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8889 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8890 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8891 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8892 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8894 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8895 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8896 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8898 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8902 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8906 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8908 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8912 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8916 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8919 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8921 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8923 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8924 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8926 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8930 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8933 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8935 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8936 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8938 printf_filtered ("\n");
8942 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8944 static struct bp_location
*
8945 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8946 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8948 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8949 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8950 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8952 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8953 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8955 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8956 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8957 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8958 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8959 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8960 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8961 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8964 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8965 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8966 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8967 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8972 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8973 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8974 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8975 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8976 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8977 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8978 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8979 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8980 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8981 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8983 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8984 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8986 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8987 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8988 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8989 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8990 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8991 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8992 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8993 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8994 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8995 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8996 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8997 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8999 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9006 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9009 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9013 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9014 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9017 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9019 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9023 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9025 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9026 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9027 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9028 scoped_restore restore_memory
9029 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
9031 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9032 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9038 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9039 return 0 otherwise. */
9042 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9044 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9046 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9047 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9048 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9050 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9053 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9054 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9055 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9058 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9059 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9062 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9064 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9065 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9070 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9072 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9074 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9076 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9078 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9079 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9081 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9082 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9083 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9085 if (!dprintf_function
)
9086 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9088 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9089 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9094 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9098 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9100 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9101 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9104 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9105 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9109 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9110 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9112 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9113 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9115 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9117 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9118 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9119 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9120 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9121 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9123 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9127 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9128 current style settings. */
9131 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9132 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9134 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9138 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9139 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9143 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9144 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9145 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9146 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9149 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9150 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9151 event_location_up
&&location
,
9152 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9153 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9154 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9155 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9156 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9158 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9159 int display_canonical
)
9163 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9165 int target_resources_ok
;
9167 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9168 target_resources_ok
=
9169 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9171 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9172 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9173 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9174 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9177 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
9179 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9181 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9185 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9187 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9189 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9190 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9193 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
9195 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9199 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
9200 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
9201 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9202 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9203 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9205 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9206 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9208 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9210 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9211 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9213 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9215 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9216 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9218 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9222 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9224 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9226 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9227 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9229 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9231 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9233 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9235 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9236 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9238 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9240 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9243 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9244 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9251 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9252 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9258 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9260 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9261 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9263 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9266 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9267 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9268 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9270 if (b
->extra_string
)
9271 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9273 error (_("Format string required"));
9275 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9276 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9279 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9280 if (location
!= NULL
)
9281 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9283 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9284 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
9288 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9289 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9290 event_location_up
&&location
,
9291 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9292 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9293 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9294 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9295 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9296 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9297 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9298 int display_canonical
)
9300 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9302 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9303 sals
, std::move (location
),
9305 std::move (cond_string
),
9306 std::move (extra_string
),
9308 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9310 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9313 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9316 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9317 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9318 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9319 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9320 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9321 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9322 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9323 we take just a single condition string.
9325 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9326 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9327 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9328 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9329 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9332 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9333 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9334 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9335 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9336 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9337 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9338 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9339 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9341 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9342 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9344 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9346 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9347 'break', without arguments. */
9348 event_location_up location
9349 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9350 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9351 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9352 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9354 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9355 std::move (location
),
9356 std::move (filter_string
),
9357 std::move (cond_string
),
9358 std::move (extra_string
),
9360 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9361 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9362 canonical
->special_display
);
9366 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9367 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9368 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9369 linespec locations).
9371 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9372 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9375 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9376 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9378 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9380 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9382 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9384 if (address
== NULL
)
9386 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9387 breakpoint address. */
9388 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9390 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9391 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9392 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9393 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9394 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9395 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9396 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9398 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9400 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9401 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9402 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9403 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9404 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9406 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9408 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9410 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9412 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9416 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9420 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9421 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9422 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9423 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9425 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9426 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9427 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9428 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9430 const char *address
= NULL
;
9432 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9433 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9437 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9438 && address
[1] != '['))
9440 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9441 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9442 get_last_displayed_line (),
9443 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9448 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9449 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9453 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9454 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9457 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9459 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9460 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9463 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9464 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9465 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9466 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9467 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9471 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9472 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9476 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9478 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9480 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9482 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9483 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9484 associated with SAL. */
9487 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
);
9488 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9491 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9492 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9494 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9498 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9499 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9500 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9501 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9502 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9503 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9506 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9507 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9510 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9517 const char *end_tok
;
9519 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9520 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9522 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9524 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9526 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9530 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9532 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9534 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9536 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9537 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9539 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9541 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9544 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9547 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9549 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9550 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9553 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9558 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9560 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9561 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9562 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9567 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9571 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9575 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9577 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9578 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9580 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9581 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9582 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9587 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9589 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9591 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9592 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9594 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9595 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9596 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9598 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9599 sals
.reserve (VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
));
9601 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
); i
++)
9603 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9605 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9607 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9608 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
9609 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9611 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9614 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9620 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9623 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9624 const struct event_location
*location
,
9625 const char *cond_string
,
9626 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9628 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9630 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9631 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9632 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9635 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9636 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9639 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9641 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9643 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9644 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9645 extra_string
= NULL
;
9649 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9651 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9653 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9655 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9657 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9660 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9661 throw_exception (e
);
9663 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9665 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9666 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9667 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9668 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9669 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9672 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9673 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9674 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9675 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9679 throw_exception (e
);
9683 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9686 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9687 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9688 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9689 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9690 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9692 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9693 are ok for the target. */
9696 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9697 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9700 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9701 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9703 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9704 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9707 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9708 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9712 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9713 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9720 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9722 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9723 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9724 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9725 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9727 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9728 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9729 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9730 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9734 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9735 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9736 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9738 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9740 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9741 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9743 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9746 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9747 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9748 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9750 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9751 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9752 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9756 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9758 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9759 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9762 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9765 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9766 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9770 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9771 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9772 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9773 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9774 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9775 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9776 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9777 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9778 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9780 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9783 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9785 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9786 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9787 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9790 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9792 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9794 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9795 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9800 /* Set a breakpoint.
9801 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9802 condition, and thread.
9803 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9804 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9808 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9810 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9811 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9812 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9814 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9816 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9818 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9819 if (location
!= NULL
9820 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9821 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9823 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9825 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9827 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9828 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9829 0 /* Ignore count */,
9830 pending_break_support
,
9838 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9841 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9845 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9847 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9848 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9849 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9852 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9853 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9854 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9855 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9858 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9860 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9861 const struct block
*b
;
9864 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9865 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9868 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9871 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9872 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9877 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9878 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9879 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9880 happen in assembly source). */
9882 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9883 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9885 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9887 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9894 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9896 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9900 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9902 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9906 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9908 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9912 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9914 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9918 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9920 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9921 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9922 stop at <line>\n"));
9926 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9930 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9932 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9937 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9938 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9939 function/method name. */
9940 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9942 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9947 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9949 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9953 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9955 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9959 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9963 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9970 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9971 it is probably a line number. */
9972 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9974 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9979 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9981 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9985 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9987 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9990 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9991 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9992 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9996 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9998 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10000 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10001 the next character must be ','. */
10004 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10005 error (_("Format string required"));
10008 /* Skip the comma. */
10013 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10015 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10017 0 /* Ignore count */,
10018 pending_break_support
,
10019 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10027 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10029 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10032 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10033 ranged breakpoints. */
10036 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10037 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10039 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10041 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10042 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10045 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10046 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10049 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10050 ranged breakpoints. */
10053 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10055 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10058 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10059 ranged breakpoints. */
10061 static enum print_stop_action
10062 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10064 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10065 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10066 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10068 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10070 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10071 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10073 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10075 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10077 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10078 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10080 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10081 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10083 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10084 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10085 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10087 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10088 uiout
->text (", ");
10090 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10093 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10094 ranged breakpoints. */
10097 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10098 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10100 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10101 struct value_print_options opts
;
10102 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10104 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10105 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10107 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10109 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10110 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10111 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10112 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10113 annotate_field (5);
10114 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10118 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10119 ranged breakpoints. */
10122 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10123 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10125 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10126 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10131 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10132 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10134 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10135 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10136 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10137 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10138 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10139 uiout
->text ("\n");
10142 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10143 ranged breakpoints. */
10146 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10148 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10149 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10152 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10154 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10157 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10158 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10159 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10162 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10163 ranged breakpoints. */
10166 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10168 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10169 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10170 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10171 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10174 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10176 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10178 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10179 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10180 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10181 last instruction of the given line. */
10184 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10188 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10189 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10190 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10197 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10199 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10201 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10208 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10211 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10213 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10214 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10215 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10217 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10218 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10220 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10221 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10222 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10224 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10225 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10226 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10228 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10229 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10231 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10232 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10233 error(_("No address range specified."));
10236 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10238 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10241 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10242 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
10243 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10245 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
10247 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
10248 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
10249 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10251 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
10252 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10253 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10255 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10256 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10258 /* Parse the end location. */
10262 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10263 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10264 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10265 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10266 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10267 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10269 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10270 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10271 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10273 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10274 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10276 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10277 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10278 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10279 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10281 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10283 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10284 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10285 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10287 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10289 /* Length overflowed. */
10290 error (_("Address range too large."));
10291 else if (length
== 1)
10293 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10294 the `hbreak' command. */
10295 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10297 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10302 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10303 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10304 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10305 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10306 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10307 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10308 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10309 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10310 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10312 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10315 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10316 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10319 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10320 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10321 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10325 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10327 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10333 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10334 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10337 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10347 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10348 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10349 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10350 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10351 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10353 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10380 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10383 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10384 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10389 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10390 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10391 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10392 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10393 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10394 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10395 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10397 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10398 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10403 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10405 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10406 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10407 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10408 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10410 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10411 are always constant. */
10413 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10415 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10416 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10417 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10422 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10423 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10424 then it is not a constant. */
10433 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10435 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10437 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10438 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10439 value_free (this->val
);
10442 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10445 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10447 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10449 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10450 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10452 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10453 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10454 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10455 are loaded and unloaded.
10457 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10458 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10459 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10460 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10461 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10462 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10464 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10465 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10466 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10467 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10469 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10470 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10472 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10473 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10474 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10477 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10480 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10482 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10483 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10485 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10486 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10489 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10492 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10494 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10495 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10497 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10498 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10502 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10503 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10504 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10506 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10507 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10509 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10510 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10511 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10512 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10513 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10514 (did not match the data address). */
10515 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10516 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10523 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10525 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10527 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10530 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10531 hardware watchpoints. */
10534 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10536 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10537 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10539 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10542 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10543 hardware watchpoints. */
10546 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10548 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10549 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10552 static enum print_stop_action
10553 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10555 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10556 enum print_stop_action result
;
10557 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10558 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10560 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10562 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10563 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10565 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10566 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10570 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10573 case bp_watchpoint
:
10574 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10575 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10576 uiout
->field_string
10577 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10579 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10580 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10581 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10582 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10583 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10584 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10585 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10586 uiout
->text ("\n");
10587 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10588 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10591 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10592 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10593 uiout
->field_string
10594 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10596 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10597 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10598 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10599 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10600 uiout
->text ("\n");
10601 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10604 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10605 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10607 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10608 uiout
->field_string
10610 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10612 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10613 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10614 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10615 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10616 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10621 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10622 uiout
->field_string
10624 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10625 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10626 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10628 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10629 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10630 uiout
->text ("\n");
10631 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10634 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10640 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10644 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10646 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10647 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10648 const char *tuple_name
;
10652 case bp_watchpoint
:
10653 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10654 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10656 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10657 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10658 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10660 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10661 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10662 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10664 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10665 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10666 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10669 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10670 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10673 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10674 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10675 uiout
->text (": ");
10676 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10679 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10685 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10689 case bp_watchpoint
:
10690 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10691 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10693 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10694 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10696 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10697 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10700 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10701 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10704 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10705 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10708 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10712 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10714 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10715 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10716 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10722 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10724 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10726 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10727 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10730 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10732 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10734 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10735 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10738 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10739 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10742 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10744 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10746 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10747 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10750 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10751 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10754 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10756 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10758 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10761 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10762 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10765 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10770 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10771 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10773 static enum print_stop_action
10774 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10776 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10777 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10779 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10780 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10782 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10783 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10787 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10788 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10789 uiout
->field_string
10790 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10793 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10794 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10795 uiout
->field_string
10796 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10799 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10800 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10801 uiout
->field_string
10803 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10806 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10807 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10811 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10812 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10813 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10814 uiout
->text ("\n");
10816 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10817 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10820 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10821 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10824 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10825 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10827 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10829 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10830 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10832 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10833 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10834 uiout
->text ("\n");
10837 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10838 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10841 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10843 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10844 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10845 const char *tuple_name
;
10849 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10850 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10851 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10853 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10854 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10855 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10857 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10858 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10859 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10862 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10863 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10866 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10867 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10868 uiout
->text (": ");
10869 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10872 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10873 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10876 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10878 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10883 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10884 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10886 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10889 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10890 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10893 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10894 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10897 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10898 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10899 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10902 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10904 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10906 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10909 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10911 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10914 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10915 hw_read: watch read,
10916 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10918 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10919 int just_location
, int internal
)
10921 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10922 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10923 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10924 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10925 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10926 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10927 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10929 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10930 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10931 enum bptype bp_type
;
10934 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10935 the hardware watchpoint. */
10937 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10939 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10941 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10942 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10944 const char *value_start
;
10946 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10948 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10949 of the arguments string. */
10950 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10952 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10953 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10956 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10957 This is the value of the parameter. */
10958 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10960 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10962 /* Skip whitespace. */
10963 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10968 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10969 This is the parameter itself. */
10970 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10973 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10975 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10977 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10978 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10979 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10980 only in a specific thread. */
10984 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10986 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10987 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10989 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10990 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10991 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10993 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10995 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10997 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10998 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11000 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11003 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11005 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11007 mark
= value_mark ();
11008 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11009 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11010 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11013 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11016 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11017 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11024 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11025 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11027 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11028 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11029 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11030 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11031 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11033 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11034 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11036 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11039 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11040 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11044 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11045 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11047 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11050 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11051 mark
= value_mark ();
11052 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11054 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11056 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11057 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11064 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11065 val
= value_addr (result
);
11066 release_value (val
);
11067 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11071 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11074 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11075 else if (ret
== -2)
11076 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11079 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11080 release_value (val
);
11082 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11083 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
11085 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11086 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11088 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11089 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11090 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11092 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11093 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11094 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11099 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11101 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11103 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11105 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11107 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11108 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11109 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11110 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11111 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11113 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11115 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11117 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11118 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11121 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11122 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11123 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11125 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11128 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11130 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11131 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11133 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11134 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11136 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11137 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11138 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11139 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11140 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11141 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11142 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11146 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11147 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11148 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11149 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11151 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11152 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11153 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11154 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11156 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11158 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
11161 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11162 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11164 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11165 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11166 w
->thread
= thread
;
11167 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11168 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11169 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11170 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11171 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11174 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11175 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11177 w
->exp_string_reparse
11178 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
11180 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11181 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11184 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11188 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11193 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11194 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11199 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11201 w
->cond_string
= 0;
11203 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11205 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11206 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11210 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11211 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11214 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11216 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11217 need to act on them together. */
11218 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11219 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
11222 if (!just_location
)
11223 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11225 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11226 that should be inserted. */
11227 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
11229 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
11230 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11233 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11234 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11237 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11239 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11240 struct value
*head
= v
;
11242 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11243 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11246 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11247 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11248 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11249 hardware watchpoint.
11251 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11252 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11253 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11254 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11255 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11256 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11257 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11258 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11259 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11261 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11262 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11263 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11264 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11265 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11267 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11269 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11270 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11271 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11272 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11273 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11274 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11278 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11279 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11280 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11282 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11283 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11284 middle of some value chain. */
11286 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11287 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11289 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11293 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11294 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11295 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11297 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11301 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11305 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11306 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11307 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11308 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11309 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11312 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11313 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11314 return found_memory_cnt
;
11318 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11320 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11323 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11324 calls watch_command_1. */
11327 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11329 int just_location
= 0;
11332 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11333 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11335 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11339 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11343 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11345 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11349 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11351 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11355 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11357 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11361 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11363 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11367 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11369 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11373 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11374 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11377 struct until_break_fsm
11379 /* The base class. */
11380 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11382 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11385 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11386 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11388 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11390 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11393 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11394 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11395 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11396 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11397 static enum async_reply_reason
11398 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11400 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11402 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11405 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11406 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11407 NULL
, /* return_value */
11408 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11411 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11413 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11414 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11415 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11416 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11418 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11420 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11421 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11423 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11424 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11425 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11430 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11431 until(location)/advance commands. */
11434 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11435 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11437 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11439 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11440 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11441 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11442 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11443 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11444 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11449 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11450 until(location)/advance commands. */
11453 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11454 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11456 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11458 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11459 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11461 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11462 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11464 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11466 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11467 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11469 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11472 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11473 until(location)/advance commands. */
11475 static enum async_reply_reason
11476 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11478 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11482 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11484 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11485 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11486 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11487 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11488 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11489 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11490 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11492 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11493 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11495 clear_proceed_status (0);
11497 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11500 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11502 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11503 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11504 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11505 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11506 get_last_displayed_line ())
11507 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11508 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11510 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11511 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11513 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11516 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11518 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11520 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11521 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11523 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11525 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11526 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11527 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11530 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11531 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11532 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11533 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11535 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11538 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11540 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11541 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11543 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11544 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11545 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11546 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11550 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11552 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11553 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11556 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11560 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11561 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11562 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11563 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11565 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11566 only at the very same frame. */
11567 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11568 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11569 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11571 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11572 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11573 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11575 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11577 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11580 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11581 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11583 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11584 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11585 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11586 if clause in the arg string. */
11589 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11591 const char *cond_string
;
11593 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11596 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11599 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11600 condition string. */
11601 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11602 cond_string
= *arg
;
11604 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11606 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11608 return cond_string
;
11611 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11612 process start/exit, etc. */
11616 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11617 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11622 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11623 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11625 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11626 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11627 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11628 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11631 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11632 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11633 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11637 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11639 /* The allowed syntax is:
11641 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11643 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11644 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11646 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11647 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11649 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11650 and enable reporting of such events. */
11653 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11654 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11655 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11656 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11658 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11659 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11660 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11661 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11664 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11670 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11671 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11673 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11674 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11676 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11678 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11682 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11684 /* The allowed syntax is:
11686 catch exec if <cond>
11688 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11689 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11691 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11692 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11694 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11695 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11696 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11697 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11699 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11703 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11704 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11705 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11707 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11714 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11716 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11718 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11719 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11720 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11721 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11722 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11723 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11724 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11725 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11726 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11727 enough for now, though. */
11730 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11732 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11733 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11734 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11735 language_def (language_ada
));
11736 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11740 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11742 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11747 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11749 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11752 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11755 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11757 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11758 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11759 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11760 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11762 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11764 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11767 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11771 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11774 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11777 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11779 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11780 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11784 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11786 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11787 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11788 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11792 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11793 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11794 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11796 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11800 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11801 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11802 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11803 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11804 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11805 error (_("No source file specified."));
11811 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11812 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11813 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11814 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11816 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11817 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11818 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11819 due to optimization, all in one block.
11821 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11822 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11823 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11824 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11825 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11826 to support that. */
11828 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11829 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11830 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11834 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11835 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11837 const char *sal_fullname
;
11839 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11840 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11841 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11844 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11849 1 0 <can't happen> */
11851 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11852 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11854 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11855 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11858 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11859 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11861 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11862 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11864 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11865 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11866 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11868 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11869 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11870 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11871 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11872 int line_match
= 0;
11874 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11875 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11876 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11877 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11878 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11879 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11880 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11883 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11892 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11896 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11897 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11900 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11902 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11905 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11906 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11907 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11908 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11909 compare_breakpoints
);
11910 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11911 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11915 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11920 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11921 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11924 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11925 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11927 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11930 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11933 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11934 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11937 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11939 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11942 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11943 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11944 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11947 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11949 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11951 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11952 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11953 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11955 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11959 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11960 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11964 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11965 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11966 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11967 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11968 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11969 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11972 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11974 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11975 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11977 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11978 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11980 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11981 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11984 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11985 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11986 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11988 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11989 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11990 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11992 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11993 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11994 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11996 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11997 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11998 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12000 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12003 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
12004 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12005 content of the bp_locations array. */
12008 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
12010 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12012 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12013 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12015 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12017 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12019 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12022 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12023 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12025 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12026 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12027 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12028 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12030 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12032 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12033 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12034 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12035 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12039 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12042 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12044 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12045 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12047 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12049 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12051 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12052 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12053 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12055 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12056 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12057 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12060 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12062 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12063 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12065 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12068 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12071 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12073 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12074 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12075 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12076 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12079 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12081 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12084 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12086 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12087 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12088 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12089 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12093 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12096 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12098 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12099 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12100 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12101 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12103 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12104 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12105 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12106 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12107 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12109 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12110 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12111 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12112 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12113 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12114 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12115 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12116 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12119 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12120 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12121 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12125 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12127 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12128 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12129 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12132 address
= bl
->address
;
12133 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12135 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12136 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12137 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12139 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12140 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12143 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12144 the same program space as the location
12145 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12146 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12151 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12152 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12155 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12156 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12157 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12158 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12159 that have already been marked. */
12160 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12162 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12164 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12167 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12168 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12169 locations are duplicate of which.
12171 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12172 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12176 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12178 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12179 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12180 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12181 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12182 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12183 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12184 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12186 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12187 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12188 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12189 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12190 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12192 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12193 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12194 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12195 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12197 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12198 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12199 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12200 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12202 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12203 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12204 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12205 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12206 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12208 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12209 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12210 bp_locations_count
++;
12212 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12213 locp
= bp_locations
;
12214 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12215 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12217 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12218 bp_locations_compare
);
12220 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12222 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12223 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12224 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12225 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12226 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12229 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12230 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12232 locp
= bp_locations
;
12233 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12234 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12237 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12238 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12240 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12241 not, we have to free it. */
12242 int found_object
= 0;
12243 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12244 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12247 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12248 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12249 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12250 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12254 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12255 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12258 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12259 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12260 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12262 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12263 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12264 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12266 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12267 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12270 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12274 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12275 have to go through updates again. */
12276 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12278 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12280 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12282 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12283 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12284 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12285 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12286 at certain location is not inserted. */
12288 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12290 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12293 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12295 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12296 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12297 keep_in_target
= 1;
12301 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12302 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12303 remove its target-side condition. */
12305 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12306 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12307 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12308 this one from the target. */
12310 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12311 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12314 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12315 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12318 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12320 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12322 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12323 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12324 supported, but the latter are. */
12325 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12327 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12328 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12331 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12332 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12334 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12335 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12337 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12338 keep_in_target
= 1;
12346 if (!keep_in_target
)
12348 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12350 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12351 this location on the global list, and try to
12352 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12353 reason why we will succeed next time.
12355 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12356 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12357 only after calling us. */
12358 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12359 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12360 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12368 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12369 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12371 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12372 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12373 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12374 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12375 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12376 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12377 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12378 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12379 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12380 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12381 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12382 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12383 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12384 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12387 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12388 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12390 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12391 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12392 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12393 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12394 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12395 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12396 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12397 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12398 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12399 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12400 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12401 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12402 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12405 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12406 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12407 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12408 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12410 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12411 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12412 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12413 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12414 traps we can no longer explain. */
12416 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12417 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12419 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12423 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12424 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12429 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12430 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12431 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12432 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12433 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12434 are sorted first for the same address.
12436 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12437 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12439 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12440 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12441 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12442 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12443 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12445 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12447 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12450 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12451 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12452 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12453 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12454 `struct bp_location'. */
12455 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12457 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12458 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12462 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12463 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12464 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12465 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12466 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12467 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12469 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12471 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12472 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12473 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12475 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12476 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12478 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12480 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12481 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12482 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12488 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12489 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12490 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12492 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12493 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12495 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12496 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12499 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12501 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12502 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12505 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12506 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12507 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12508 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12509 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12511 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12515 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12516 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12518 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12522 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12524 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12527 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12528 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12530 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12531 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12537 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12542 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12544 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12550 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12553 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12557 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12558 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12560 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12561 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12562 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12566 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12568 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12570 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12572 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12576 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12580 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12582 struct value_print_options opts
;
12584 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12586 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12588 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12590 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12591 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12592 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12593 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12595 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12596 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12598 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12600 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12601 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12606 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12607 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12613 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12615 printf_filtered (" at ");
12616 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12619 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12621 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12623 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12624 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12625 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12626 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12628 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12629 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12630 real situation somewhat. */
12631 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12632 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12637 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12639 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12641 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12646 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12649 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12651 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12654 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12659 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12661 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12663 decref_counted_command_line (&this->commands
);
12664 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12665 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12666 xfree (this->filter
);
12669 static struct bp_location
*
12670 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12672 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12676 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12678 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12681 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12682 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12685 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12687 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12691 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12692 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12694 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12698 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12699 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12701 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12703 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12707 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12712 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12716 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12718 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12721 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12725 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12727 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12730 static enum print_stop_action
12731 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12733 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12737 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12738 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12744 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12746 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12750 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12752 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12756 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12757 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12758 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12759 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12761 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12765 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12766 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12767 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12768 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12769 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12770 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12772 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12773 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12774 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12775 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12777 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12780 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12781 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12782 const struct event_location
*location
,
12783 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12785 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12788 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12791 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12796 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12799 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12801 /* Nothing to do. */
12804 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12806 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12807 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12808 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12809 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12810 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12811 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12812 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12813 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12814 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12816 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12817 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12818 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12819 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12820 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12821 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12822 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12823 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12826 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12829 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12831 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12832 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12834 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12835 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12839 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12843 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12845 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12847 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12848 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12850 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12851 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12853 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12857 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12859 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12860 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12862 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12866 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12867 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12868 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12870 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12871 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12874 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12878 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12879 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12880 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12887 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12888 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12889 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12891 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12892 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12894 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12895 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12896 be set at the same address. */
12900 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12904 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12906 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12911 static enum print_stop_action
12912 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12914 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12915 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12917 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12919 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12921 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12922 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12924 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12925 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12926 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12929 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12930 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12933 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12935 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12936 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12938 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12939 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12940 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12942 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12943 uiout
->text (", ");
12945 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12949 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12951 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12956 case bp_breakpoint
:
12957 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12958 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12959 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12961 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12962 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12963 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12964 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12966 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12967 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12970 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12978 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12980 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12981 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12982 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12984 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12985 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12986 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12987 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12990 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12991 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12993 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12994 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12996 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12997 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12998 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12999 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13001 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13005 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13006 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13007 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13009 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13013 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13014 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13015 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13016 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13017 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13018 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13020 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13021 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13022 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13023 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13025 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13026 std::move (cond_string
),
13027 std::move (extra_string
),
13029 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13030 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13031 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13034 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13035 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13036 const struct event_location
*location
,
13037 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13039 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13042 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13045 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13049 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13050 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13051 case bp_overlay_event
:
13052 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13053 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13054 case bp_exception_master
:
13055 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13058 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13059 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13060 case bp_shlib_event
:
13062 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13063 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13064 case bp_thread_event
:
13070 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13072 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13074 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13075 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13076 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13077 objects (among other things). */
13078 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13079 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13085 static enum print_stop_action
13086 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13088 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13090 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13094 case bp_shlib_event
:
13095 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13096 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13097 to shlib event" message.) */
13098 print_solib_event (0);
13101 case bp_thread_event
:
13102 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13103 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13104 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13107 case bp_overlay_event
:
13108 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13109 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13112 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13113 /* These should never be enabled. */
13114 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13117 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13118 /* These should never be enabled. */
13119 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13120 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13123 case bp_exception_master
:
13124 /* These should never be enabled. */
13125 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13126 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13130 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13134 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13136 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13139 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13142 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13144 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13145 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13146 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13147 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13151 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13153 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13156 static enum print_stop_action
13157 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13159 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13163 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13165 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13168 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13170 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13171 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13173 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
13175 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
13178 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13181 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13184 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13186 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13190 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13192 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13193 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13202 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13203 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13205 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13206 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13207 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13211 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13215 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13216 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13217 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13219 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13221 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13223 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13224 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13227 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13228 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13229 const struct event_location
*location
,
13230 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13232 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13234 error (_("probe not found"));
13238 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13241 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13243 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13247 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13248 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13249 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13251 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13257 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13258 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13260 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13261 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13263 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13265 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13266 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13267 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13268 uiout
->text ("\n");
13273 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13275 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13280 case bp_tracepoint
:
13281 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13282 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13284 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13285 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13286 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13288 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13289 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13290 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13293 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13294 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13301 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13303 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13305 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13307 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13309 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13312 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13313 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13316 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13317 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13319 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13320 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13324 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13325 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13326 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13328 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13332 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13333 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13334 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13335 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13336 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13337 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13339 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13340 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13341 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13342 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13344 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13345 std::move (cond_string
),
13346 std::move (extra_string
),
13348 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13349 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13350 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13353 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13354 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13355 const struct event_location
*location
,
13356 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13358 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13361 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13363 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13367 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13368 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13369 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13370 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13372 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13373 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13376 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13377 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13378 const struct event_location
*location
,
13379 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13381 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13382 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13385 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13387 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13390 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13392 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13394 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13395 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13397 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13398 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13399 3 - disconnect from target 1
13400 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13402 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13403 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13404 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13405 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13406 it all the time. */
13407 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13408 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13411 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13414 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13417 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13419 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13422 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13425 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13426 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13427 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13428 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13429 address are all handled. */
13432 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13434 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13435 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13437 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13438 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13439 condition not be evaluated. */
13442 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13443 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13444 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13445 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13446 commands here throws. */
13447 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13448 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13450 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13452 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13453 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13457 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13461 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13462 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13463 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13465 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13466 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13468 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13470 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13471 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13473 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13474 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13475 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13476 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13479 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13480 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13484 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13485 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13486 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13487 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13488 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13489 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13491 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13492 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13493 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13494 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13496 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13498 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13499 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13500 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13501 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13502 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13503 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13505 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13507 event_location_up location
13508 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13510 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13511 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13512 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13513 std::move (cond_string
),
13514 std::move (extra_string
),
13515 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13516 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13517 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13518 canonical
->special_display
);
13519 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13520 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13521 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13522 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13523 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13524 corresponds to this one */
13525 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13527 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13531 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13532 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13533 const struct event_location
*location
,
13534 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13536 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13537 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13539 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13540 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13542 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13547 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13550 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13553 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13555 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13558 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13562 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13564 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13566 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13568 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13569 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13572 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13573 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13574 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13575 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13576 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13579 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13580 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13581 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13582 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13584 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13587 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13588 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13589 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13591 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13592 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13594 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13595 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13596 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13597 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13601 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13603 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13604 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13605 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13606 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13607 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13610 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13611 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13612 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13613 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13615 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13617 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13618 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13621 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13623 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13627 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13629 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13630 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13631 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13632 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13633 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13634 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13635 commands won't work. */
13637 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13639 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13640 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13641 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13642 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13643 might be better design to have location completely
13644 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13645 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13647 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13648 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13649 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13654 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13656 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13660 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13662 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13665 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13666 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13669 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13670 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13674 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13679 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13681 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13682 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13684 if (next
== related
)
13686 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13687 function (related
, data
);
13689 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13690 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13695 function (related
, data
);
13699 while (related
!= b
);
13703 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13705 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13708 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13709 delete_breakpoint. */
13712 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13714 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13718 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13720 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13726 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13728 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13729 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13730 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13732 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13734 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13738 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13740 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13743 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13744 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13748 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13751 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13752 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13756 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13758 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13760 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13761 if ((pspace
== NULL
13762 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13763 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13764 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13769 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13770 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13771 Null names are ignored. */
13774 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13776 struct bp_location
*l
;
13777 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13778 (int (*) (const void *,
13779 const void *)) streq
,
13780 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13782 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13785 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13787 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13791 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13793 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13797 htab_delete (htab
);
13803 htab_delete (htab
);
13807 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13808 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13809 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13810 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13811 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13812 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13813 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13814 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13817 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13818 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13819 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13820 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13821 in the sources, and output a warning.
13823 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13824 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13825 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13826 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13827 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13830 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13831 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13832 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13833 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13834 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13835 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13836 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13837 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13838 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13840 static struct symtab_and_line
13841 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13843 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13844 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13849 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13851 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13853 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13854 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13856 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13858 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13859 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13860 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13865 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13867 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13869 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13870 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13872 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13875 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13877 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13879 struct symbol
*sym
;
13880 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13881 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13882 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13884 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13886 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13887 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13889 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13890 "found at previous line number"),
13891 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13893 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13894 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13895 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13898 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13899 uiout
->text (" at ");
13901 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13902 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13905 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13907 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13909 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13912 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13913 uiout
->text ("\n");
13915 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13916 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13918 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13919 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13920 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13921 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13922 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13923 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13924 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13926 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13929 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13935 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13936 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13939 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13943 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13946 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13949 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13956 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13962 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13963 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13964 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13966 static struct bp_location
*
13967 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13969 struct bp_location head
;
13970 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13971 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13972 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13974 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13985 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14000 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14001 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14002 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14003 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14007 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14008 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14009 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
14010 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
14013 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14015 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
14017 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14019 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14020 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14021 "multiple locations found\n"),
14026 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14027 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14028 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14029 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14030 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14031 individual locations. */
14032 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
14035 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14037 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
14039 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14041 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
14043 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
14045 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14047 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14051 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14054 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
14055 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
14058 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14060 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14061 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14062 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14063 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14068 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
14070 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
14072 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14076 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14079 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14080 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14081 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14082 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14083 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14084 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14085 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14087 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14089 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14091 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14092 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14094 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14095 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14103 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14104 if (l
->function_name
14105 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14115 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14116 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14119 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14120 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14122 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14123 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14124 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14126 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14128 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14130 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
14134 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
14136 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14138 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14142 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14143 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14144 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14145 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14146 state, then user already saw the message about that
14147 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14149 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14150 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14152 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14153 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14154 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14155 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14156 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14157 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14159 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14161 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14162 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14163 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14164 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14165 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14166 which approach is better. */
14167 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14168 throw_exception (e
);
14173 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14175 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
14176 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
14177 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14179 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14182 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
14183 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14185 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14187 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14188 b
->thread
= thread
;
14192 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14193 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14195 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14198 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14199 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
14209 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14210 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14214 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14216 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14217 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
14220 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
14221 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14223 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
14225 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14227 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
14228 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14229 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14231 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
14234 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14237 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14238 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14241 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14242 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14243 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14245 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14248 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14249 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14253 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14254 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14255 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
14256 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
14257 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14258 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14260 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14261 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14262 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14263 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14265 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
14266 std::move (cond_string
),
14267 std::move (extra_string
),
14268 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14269 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14270 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14273 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14274 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14276 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14277 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14278 const struct event_location
*location
,
14279 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
14281 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14283 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14284 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14285 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14288 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14289 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
14291 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
14293 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
14294 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
14299 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14301 static struct cleanup
*
14302 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14304 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14305 set_language (b
->language
);
14307 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14310 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14311 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14312 Unused in this case. */
14315 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14317 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14318 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14319 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14321 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14322 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14323 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14327 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14328 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14331 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14333 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14334 enum language save_language
;
14335 int save_input_radix
;
14337 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14338 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14341 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14343 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14344 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14345 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14346 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14350 /* Format possible error msg. */
14351 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14353 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14354 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14355 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14357 set_language (save_language
);
14358 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14360 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14363 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14364 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14365 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14366 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14368 /* Now we can insert. */
14369 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14372 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14374 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14375 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14377 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14379 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14381 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14382 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14384 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14385 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14386 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14388 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14392 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14393 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14394 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14397 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14399 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14404 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14405 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14407 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14409 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14410 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14415 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14419 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14420 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14422 else if (count
== 1)
14423 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14426 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14427 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14430 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14434 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14437 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14440 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14446 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14448 num
= get_number (&p
);
14450 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14452 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14454 set_ignore_count (num
,
14455 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14458 printf_filtered ("\n");
14461 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14462 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14465 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14466 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14471 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14473 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14474 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14476 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14478 while (!parser
.finished ())
14480 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14481 bool match
= false;
14483 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14486 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14491 if (b
->number
== num
)
14494 function (b
, data
);
14498 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14503 static struct bp_location
*
14504 find_location_by_number (const char *number
)
14509 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14510 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14513 bp_num
= get_number_trailer (&p1
, '.');
14514 if (bp_num
== 0 || p1
[0] != '.')
14515 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14518 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14523 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14524 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14526 /* Skip the dot. */
14528 const char *save
= p1
;
14529 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14531 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14535 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14538 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), save
);
14544 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14545 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14546 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14549 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14551 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14552 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14553 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14554 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14557 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14559 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14560 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14562 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14563 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14565 struct bp_location
*location
;
14567 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14568 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14571 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14573 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14576 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14579 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14581 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14584 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14585 disable_breakpoint. */
14588 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14590 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14594 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14598 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14601 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14602 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14606 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14608 while (!num
.empty ())
14610 if (num
.find ('.') != std::string::npos
)
14612 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
.c_str ());
14619 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14621 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14622 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14623 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14624 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14626 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14629 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
.c_str (), do_map_disable_breakpoint
,
14631 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14637 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14640 int target_resources_ok
;
14642 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14645 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14646 target_resources_ok
=
14647 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14649 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14650 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14651 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14652 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14655 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14657 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14658 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14662 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14664 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14665 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14666 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14668 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14670 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14671 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14678 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14680 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14681 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14683 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14684 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14686 struct bp_location
*location
;
14688 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14689 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14692 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14693 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14694 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14696 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14701 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14703 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14707 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14709 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14712 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14713 enable_breakpoint. */
14716 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14718 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14721 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14722 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14723 in stopping the inferior. */
14726 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14730 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14733 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14734 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14738 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14740 while (!num
.empty ())
14742 if (num
.find ('.') != std::string::npos
)
14744 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
.c_str ());
14751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14753 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14754 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14755 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14756 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14758 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14761 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
.c_str (), do_map_enable_breakpoint
,
14763 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14768 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14778 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14780 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14782 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14786 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14788 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14790 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14794 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14796 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14800 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14802 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14804 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14808 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14813 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14815 count
= get_number (&args
);
14817 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14821 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14823 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14825 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14829 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14831 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14835 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14840 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14844 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14845 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14849 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14850 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14851 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14853 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14855 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14856 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14857 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14859 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14861 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14863 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14865 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14866 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14867 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14868 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14870 value_free (wp
->val
);
14878 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14881 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14882 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14885 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14886 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14887 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14889 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14891 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14892 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14895 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14897 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14898 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14899 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14901 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14904 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14907 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14909 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14910 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14912 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14914 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14916 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14917 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14919 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14920 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14928 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14931 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14932 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14935 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14937 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14939 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14945 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14949 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14952 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14956 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14957 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14963 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14965 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14967 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14969 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14970 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14974 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14976 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14978 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14980 if (location
!= NULL
14981 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14982 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14984 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14986 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14988 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14990 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14991 0 /* Ignore count */,
14992 pending_break_support
,
14996 0 /* internal */, 0);
15000 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15002 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15004 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15006 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15008 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15009 0 /* Ignore count */,
15010 pending_break_support
,
15011 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15014 0 /* internal */, 0);
15017 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15020 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15022 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15023 event_location_up location
;
15024 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15026 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15027 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15028 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15030 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15031 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15035 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15036 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15039 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15041 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15043 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15044 0 /* Ignore count */,
15045 pending_break_support
,
15049 0 /* internal */, 0);
15052 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15053 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15055 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15056 static int next_cmd
;
15059 read_uploaded_action (void)
15063 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15070 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15071 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15072 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15073 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15074 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15076 struct tracepoint
*
15077 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15079 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15080 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15082 if (utp
->at_string
)
15083 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15086 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15087 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15088 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15090 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15091 "source location, using raw address"),
15093 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15094 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15097 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15098 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15099 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15100 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15103 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15105 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15107 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15108 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15110 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15111 0 /* Ignore count */,
15112 pending_break_support
,
15113 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15115 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15117 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15120 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15121 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15122 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15126 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15129 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15132 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15133 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15134 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15136 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15138 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15143 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15145 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15147 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15148 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15149 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15150 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15153 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15154 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15155 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15160 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15164 info_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15166 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15169 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15171 if (num_printed
== 0)
15173 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15174 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15176 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15179 default_collect_info ();
15182 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15183 Not supported by all targets. */
15185 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15187 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15190 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15191 Not supported by all targets. */
15193 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15195 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15198 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15200 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15202 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15208 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15210 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15211 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15212 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15214 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15215 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15217 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15221 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15223 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15226 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15227 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15231 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15234 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15237 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15239 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15240 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (tp
);
15242 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15243 tp
->number
, count
);
15246 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15248 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15249 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15250 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15253 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15255 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15256 unsigned int count
;
15258 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15259 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15260 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15262 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15264 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15265 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15267 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15269 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15271 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15273 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15275 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15276 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15279 else if (*args
== '\0')
15281 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15283 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15287 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15288 while (!parser
.finished ())
15290 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15292 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15297 struct tracepoint
*
15298 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15300 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15302 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15303 if (t
->number
== num
)
15304 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15309 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15310 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15313 struct tracepoint
*
15314 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15316 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15318 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15320 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15322 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15329 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15330 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15331 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15332 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15334 struct tracepoint
*
15335 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15336 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15338 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15340 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15342 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15344 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15345 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15347 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15348 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15350 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15354 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15355 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15358 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15362 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15363 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15365 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15368 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15373 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15375 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15381 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15384 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15385 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15386 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15390 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15391 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15393 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15395 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15397 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15398 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15400 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15403 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15404 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15407 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15408 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15413 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15415 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15417 /* We can stop searching. */
15424 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15428 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15432 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15433 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15434 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15436 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15437 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15439 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15441 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15442 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15445 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15446 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15449 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15451 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15452 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15455 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15456 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15458 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15459 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15461 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15463 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15465 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15468 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15470 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15472 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15473 throw_exception (ex
);
15477 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15478 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15481 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15482 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15484 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15485 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15486 special, and not user visible. */
15487 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15489 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15492 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15494 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15498 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15499 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15502 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15505 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15508 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15510 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15513 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15516 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15518 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15521 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15523 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15524 all_tracepoints (void)
15526 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15527 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15529 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15531 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15538 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15539 locations used by several commands. */
15541 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15542 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15543 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15544 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15545 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15546 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15548 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15549 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15550 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15552 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15553 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15554 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15555 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15556 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15558 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15559 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15560 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15563 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15564 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15565 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15566 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15567 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15568 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15569 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15572 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15573 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15575 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15576 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15577 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15578 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15579 conditions are different.\n\
15581 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15583 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15584 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15586 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15587 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15590 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15591 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15592 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15593 void *user_data_catch
,
15594 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15596 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15598 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15600 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15601 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15602 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15604 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15606 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15607 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15608 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15612 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15614 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15615 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15616 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15619 struct breakpoint
*
15620 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15623 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15625 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15627 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15634 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15635 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15638 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15640 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15641 non-inline function. */
15642 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15648 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15649 have been inlined. */
15652 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15653 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15656 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15660 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15663 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15665 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15666 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15674 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15677 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15679 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15681 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15682 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15683 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15687 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15689 static int initialized
= 0;
15691 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15697 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15698 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15699 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15700 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15701 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15702 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15703 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15704 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15705 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15706 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15707 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15708 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15710 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15711 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15712 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15713 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15714 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15715 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15716 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15717 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15719 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15720 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15721 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15722 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15723 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15724 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15725 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15726 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15727 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15728 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15730 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15731 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15732 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15733 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15734 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15735 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15736 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15738 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15739 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15740 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15741 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15742 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15743 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15744 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15746 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15747 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15748 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15749 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15750 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15751 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15752 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15755 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15756 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15757 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15758 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15759 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15760 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15761 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15762 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15763 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15764 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15765 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15766 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15767 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15769 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15770 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15771 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15772 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15773 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15774 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15775 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15776 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15777 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15778 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15779 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15782 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15783 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15784 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15785 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15786 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15787 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15788 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15789 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15790 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15791 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15793 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15794 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15795 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15796 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15797 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15799 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15800 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15801 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15802 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15803 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15804 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15806 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15807 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15808 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15809 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15810 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15811 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15812 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15813 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15814 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15815 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15817 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15818 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15819 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15820 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15821 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15822 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15823 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15824 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15825 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15826 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15828 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15829 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15830 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15831 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15832 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15833 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15834 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15835 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15836 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15837 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15839 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15840 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15841 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15842 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15843 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15844 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15845 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15846 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15847 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15848 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15849 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15851 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15852 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15853 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15854 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15855 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15856 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15857 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15858 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15859 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15862 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15864 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15867 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15869 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15871 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15873 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15874 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15875 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15877 breakpoint_objfile_key
15878 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15880 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15881 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15882 before a breakpoint is set. */
15883 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15885 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15887 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15888 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15889 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15891 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15892 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15893 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15894 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15896 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15897 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15898 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15899 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15900 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15902 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15903 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15904 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15905 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15906 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15908 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15909 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15910 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15911 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15912 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15914 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15915 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15917 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15918 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15919 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15920 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15922 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15923 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15925 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15926 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15927 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15928 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15930 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15931 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15933 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15934 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15935 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15936 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15937 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15938 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15939 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15941 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15943 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15944 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15945 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15946 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15947 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15948 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15950 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15951 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15952 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15955 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15956 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15957 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15960 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15961 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15962 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15963 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15966 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15967 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15968 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15971 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15972 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15973 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15976 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15977 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15978 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15979 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15982 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15983 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15984 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15985 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15986 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15987 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15988 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15989 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15991 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15992 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15993 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15994 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15995 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15996 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15999 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16000 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16001 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16002 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16004 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16005 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16006 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16007 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16008 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16010 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16011 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16012 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16013 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16014 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16017 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16018 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16019 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16021 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16022 is executing in.\n"
16023 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16024 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16025 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16027 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16028 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16029 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16030 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16032 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16033 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16034 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16035 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16039 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16040 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16041 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16042 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16043 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16044 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16045 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16046 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16047 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16048 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16049 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16050 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16051 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16052 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16053 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16054 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16056 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16057 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16058 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16059 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16060 breakpoint set."));
16063 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16064 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16065 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16066 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16067 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16068 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16069 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16070 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16071 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16073 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16074 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16075 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16076 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16077 breakpoint set."));
16079 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16081 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16082 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16083 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16084 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16085 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16086 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16087 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16088 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16089 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16090 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16091 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16092 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16093 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16095 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16096 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16097 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16098 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16100 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16102 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16103 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16104 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16105 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16107 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16108 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16109 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16110 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16112 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16113 catch_fork_command_1
,
16115 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16116 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16117 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16118 catch_fork_command_1
,
16120 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16121 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16122 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16123 catch_exec_command_1
,
16127 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16128 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16129 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16130 catch_load_command_1
,
16134 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16135 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16136 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16137 catch_unload_command_1
,
16142 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16143 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16144 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16145 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16146 an expression changes.\n\
16147 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16148 the memory to which it refers."));
16149 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16151 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16152 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16153 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16154 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16155 an expression is read.\n\
16156 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16157 the memory to which it refers."));
16158 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16160 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16161 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16162 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16163 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16164 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16165 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16166 the memory to which it refers."));
16167 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16169 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
16170 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16172 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16173 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16174 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16175 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16176 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16177 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16178 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16179 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16180 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16183 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16184 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16186 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16188 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16190 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16191 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16193 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16194 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16195 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16197 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16198 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16199 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16200 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16202 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16203 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16205 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16206 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16207 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16209 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16210 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16212 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16213 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16214 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16215 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16216 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16217 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16218 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16219 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16220 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16222 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16223 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16224 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16225 conditions are different.\n\
16227 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16228 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16229 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16231 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16232 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16233 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16234 last tracepoint set."));
16236 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16238 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16239 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16240 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16241 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16243 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16245 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16246 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16247 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16248 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16250 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16252 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16253 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16254 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16255 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16257 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16259 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16260 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16261 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16262 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16263 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16265 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16266 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16267 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16268 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16270 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16271 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16272 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16273 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16274 session to restore them."),
16276 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16278 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16279 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16280 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16282 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16284 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16285 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16287 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16288 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16289 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16290 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16291 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16292 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16293 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16294 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16295 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16296 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16297 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16298 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16300 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16301 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16302 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16303 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16304 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16305 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16306 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16307 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16309 show_pending_break_support
,
16310 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16311 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16313 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16315 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16316 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16317 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16318 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16319 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16320 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16321 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16323 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16324 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16325 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16327 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16328 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16329 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16330 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16331 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16332 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16333 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16334 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16335 when execution stops."),
16337 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16338 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16339 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16341 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16342 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16343 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16344 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16345 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16346 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16347 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16348 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16349 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16350 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16351 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16352 be set to \"gdb\""),
16353 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16354 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16355 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16356 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16358 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16359 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16360 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16361 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16362 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16363 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16364 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16365 or the start of the range\n\
16366 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16367 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16368 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16370 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16371 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16372 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16374 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16375 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16376 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16377 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16378 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16379 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16381 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16382 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16383 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16384 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16385 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16386 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16387 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16388 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16389 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16390 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16391 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16392 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16394 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16395 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16396 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16397 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16398 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16399 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16400 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16402 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16403 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16404 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16405 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16406 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16407 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16408 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16410 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16411 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16412 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16413 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16414 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16415 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16418 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16420 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16421 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16422 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16424 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16426 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16427 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);